2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*******************************************************************************
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Intel PRO/1000 Linux driver
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-01 16:00:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Copyright(c) 1999 - 2013 Intel Corporation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  more details.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the file called "COPYING".
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Contact Information:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								*******************************************************************************/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "e1000.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_get_bus_info_pcie - Get PCIe bus information
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Determines and stores the system bus information for a particular
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  network interface.  The following bus information is determined and stored:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  bus speed, bus width, type (PCIe), and PCIe function.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_get_bus_info_pcie(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_bus_info *bus = &hw->bus;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_adapter *adapter = hw->adapter;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u16 pcie_link_status, cap_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-06-27 07:43:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									cap_offset = adapter->pdev->pcie_cap;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!cap_offset) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bus->width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pci_read_config_word(adapter->pdev,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     cap_offset + PCIE_LINK_STATUS,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     &pcie_link_status);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bus->width = (enum e1000_bus_width)((pcie_link_status &
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														     PCIE_LINK_WIDTH_MASK) >>
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														    PCIE_LINK_WIDTH_SHIFT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ops.set_lan_id(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_set_lan_id_multi_port_pcie - Set LAN id for PCIe multiple port devices
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Determines the LAN function id by reading memory-mapped registers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  and swaps the port value if requested.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000_set_lan_id_multi_port_pcie(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_bus_info *bus = &hw->bus;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 reg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* The status register reports the correct function number
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * for the device regardless of function swap state.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									reg = er32(STATUS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bus->func = (reg & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_MASK) >> E1000_STATUS_FUNC_SHIFT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_set_lan_id_single_port - Set LAN id for a single port device
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Sets the LAN function id to zero for a single port device.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000_set_lan_id_single_port(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_bus_info *bus = &hw->bus;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bus->func = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 15:46:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_clear_vfta_generic - Clear VLAN filter table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Clears the register array which contains the VLAN filter table by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  setting all the values to 0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000_clear_vfta_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, E1000_VFTA, offset, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_write_vfta_generic - Write value to VLAN filter table
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @offset: register offset in VLAN filter table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @value: register value written to VLAN filter table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Writes value at the given offset in the register array which stores
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  the VLAN filter table.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-01 15:46:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000_write_vfta_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 offset, u32 value)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, E1000_VFTA, offset, value);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_init_rx_addrs - Initialize receive address's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @rar_count: receive address registers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-13 07:19:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Setup the receive address registers by setting the base receive address
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  register to the devices MAC address and clearing all the other receive
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  address registers to 0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 rar_count)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] = { 0 };
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Setup the receive address */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-14 03:28:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hw->mac.ops.rar_set(hw, hw->mac.addr, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Zero out the other (rar_entry_count - 1) receive addresses */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("Clearing RAR[1-%u]\n", rar_count - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:32:13 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 1; i < rar_count; i++)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-14 03:28:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hw->mac.ops.rar_set(hw, mac_addr, i);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_check_alt_mac_addr_generic - Check for alternate MAC addr
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Checks the nvm for an alternate MAC address.  An alternate MAC address
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  can be setup by pre-boot software and must be treated like a permanent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  address and must override the actual permanent MAC address. If an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  alternate MAC address is found it is programmed into RAR0, replacing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  the permanent address that was installed into RAR0 by the Si on reset.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  This function will return SUCCESS unless it encounters an error while
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  reading the EEPROM.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000_check_alt_mac_addr_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-05 05:08:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u16 offset, nvm_alt_mac_addr_offset, nvm_data;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 alt_mac_addr[ETH_ALEN];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-19 15:48:52 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000_read_nvm(hw, NVM_COMPAT, 1, &nvm_data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-19 15:48:52 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 06:37:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* not supported on 82573 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->mac.type == e1000_82573)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-19 15:48:52 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000_read_nvm(hw, NVM_ALT_MAC_ADDR_PTR, 1,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 &nvm_alt_mac_addr_offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("NVM Read Error\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-07-29 05:53:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((nvm_alt_mac_addr_offset == 0xFFFF) ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (nvm_alt_mac_addr_offset == 0x0000))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* There is no Alternate MAC Address */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->bus.func == E1000_FUNC_1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										nvm_alt_mac_addr_offset += E1000_ALT_MAC_ADDRESS_OFFSET_LAN1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i += 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										offset = nvm_alt_mac_addr_offset + (i >> 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000_read_nvm(hw, offset, 1, &nvm_data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("NVM Read Error\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										alt_mac_addr[i] = (u8)(nvm_data & 0xFF);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										alt_mac_addr[i + 1] = (u8)(nvm_data >> 8);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* if multicast bit is set, the alternate address will not be used */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-07-03 23:47:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (is_multicast_ether_addr(alt_mac_addr)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Ignoring Alternate Mac Address with MC bit set\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* We have a valid alternate MAC address, and we want to treat it the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * same as the normal permanent MAC address stored by the HW into the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * RAR. Do this by mapping this address into RAR0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-14 03:28:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hw->mac.ops.rar_set(hw, alt_mac_addr, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:04:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-14 03:28:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_rar_set_generic - Set receive address register
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @addr: pointer to the receive address
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @index: receive address array register
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Sets the receive address array register at index to the address passed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  in by addr.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-14 03:28:50 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_rar_set_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *addr, u32 index)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 rar_low, rar_high;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * from network order (big endian) to little endian
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rar_low = ((u32)addr[0] | ((u32)addr[1] << 8) |
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										   ((u32)addr[2] << 16) | ((u32)addr[3] << 24));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rar_high = ((u32)addr[4] | ((u32)addr[5] << 8));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:32:13 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If MAC address zero, no need to set the AV bit */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (rar_low || rar_high)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Some bridges will combine consecutive 32-bit writes into
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:32:13 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * a single burst write, which will malfunction on some parts.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The flushes avoid this.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(RAL(index), rar_low);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(RAH(index), rar_high);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_hash_mc_addr - Generate a multicast hash value
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @mc_addr: pointer to a multicast address
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Generates a multicast address hash value which is used to determine
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:53 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  the multicast filter table array address and new table value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static u32 e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw, u8 *mc_addr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 hash_value, hash_mask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 bit_shift = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Register count multiplied by bits per register */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hash_mask = (hw->mac.mta_reg_count * 32) - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For a mc_filter_type of 0, bit_shift is the number of left-shifts
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * where 0xFF would still fall within the hash mask.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (hash_mask >> bit_shift != 0xFF)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bit_shift++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * is determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The algorithm is such that there is a total of 8 bits of shifting.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The bit_shift for a mc_filter_type of 0 represents the number of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * left-shifts where the MSB of mc_addr[5] would still fall within
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the hash_mask.  Case 0 does this exactly.  Since there are a total
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * of 8 bits of shifting, then mc_addr[4] will shift right the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * remaining number of bits. Thus 8 - bit_shift.  The rest of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * cases are a variation of this algorithm...essentially raising the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * number of bits to shift mc_addr[5] left, while still keeping the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * 8-bit shifting total.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * For example, given the following Destination MAC Address and an
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * mta register count of 128 (thus a 4096-bit vector and 0xFFF mask),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * we can see that the bit_shift for case 0 is 4.  These are the hash
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * values resulting from each mc_filter_type...
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * 01  AA  00  12  34  56
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * LSB           MSB
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * case 0: hash_value = ((0x34 >> 4) | (0x56 << 4)) & 0xFFF = 0x563
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * case 1: hash_value = ((0x34 >> 3) | (0x56 << 5)) & 0xFFF = 0xAC6
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * case 2: hash_value = ((0x34 >> 2) | (0x56 << 6)) & 0xFFF = 0x163
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * case 3: hash_value = ((0x34 >> 0) | (0x56 << 8)) & 0xFFF = 0x634
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (hw->mac.mc_filter_type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 1:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bit_shift += 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bit_shift += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 3:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bit_shift += 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hash_value = hash_mask & (((mc_addr[4] >> (8 - bit_shift)) |
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												   (((u16)mc_addr[5]) << bit_shift)));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return hash_value;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:11 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_update_mc_addr_list_generic - Update Multicast addresses
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @mc_addr_list: array of multicast addresses to program
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @mc_addr_count: number of multicast addresses to program
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Updates entire Multicast Table Array.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  The caller must have a packed mc_addr_list of multicast addresses.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:11 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_update_mc_addr_list_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													u8 *mc_addr_list, u32 mc_addr_count)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 hash_value, hash_bit, hash_reg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* clear mta_shadow */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(&hw->mac.mta_shadow, 0, sizeof(hw->mac.mta_shadow));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* update mta_shadow from mc_addr_list */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; (u32)i < mc_addr_count; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hash_value = e1000_hash_mc_addr(hw, mc_addr_list);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 22:05:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & (hw->mac.mta_reg_count - 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hw->mac.mta_shadow[hash_reg] |= (1 << hash_bit);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mc_addr_list += (ETH_ALEN);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 22:05:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 02:05:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* replace the entire MTA table */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = hw->mac.mta_reg_count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, E1000_MTA, i, hw->mac.mta_shadow[i]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-25 22:05:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_clear_hw_cntrs_base - Clear base hardware counters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Clears the base hardware counters by reading the counter registers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_clear_hw_cntrs_base(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:27:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(CRCERRS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(SYMERRS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(MPC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(SCC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(ECOL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(MCC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(LATECOL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(COLC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(DC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(SEC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(RLEC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(XONRXC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(XONTXC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(XOFFRXC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(XOFFTXC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(FCRUC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(GPRC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(BPRC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(MPRC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(GPTC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(GORCL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(GORCH);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(GOTCL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(GOTCH);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(RNBC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(RUC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(RFC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(ROC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(RJC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(TORL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(TORH);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(TOTL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(TOTH);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(TPR);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(TPT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(MPTC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									er32(BPTC);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_check_for_copper_link - Check for link (Copper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Checks to see of the link status of the hardware has changed.  If a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  change in link status has been detected, then we read the PHY registers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  to get the current speed/duplex if link exists.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_check_for_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bool link;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* We only want to go out to the PHY registers to see if Auto-Neg
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * has completed and/or if our link status has changed.  The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * get_link_status flag is set upon receiving a Link Status
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Change or Rx Sequence Error interrupt.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mac->get_link_status)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * link.  If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * of the PHY.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000e_phy_has_link_generic(hw, 1, 0, &link);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!link)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;	/* No link detected */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:26:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->get_link_status = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * immediately after link-up
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1000e_check_downshift(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mac->autoneg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Auto-Neg is enabled.  Auto Speed Detection takes care
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * of MAC speed/duplex configuration.  So we only need to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * configure Collision Distance in the MAC.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ops.config_collision_dist(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * First, we need to restore the desired flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * settings because we may have had to re-autoneg with a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * different link partner.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000e_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-11 05:53:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Error configuring flow control\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_check_for_fiber_link - Check for link (Fiber)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Checks for link up on the hardware.  If link is not up and we have
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  a signal, then we need to force link up.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_check_for_fiber_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 rxcw;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 status;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									status = er32(STATUS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rxcw = er32(RXCW);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * cannot auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * and our link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * are receiving idles or data), we need to force link up. We also
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * need to give auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * was just plugged in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == 1 == have signal */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:02:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) && !(status & E1000_STATUS_LU) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    !(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:03:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!mac->autoneg_failed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->autoneg_failed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("NOT Rx'ing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(TXCW, (mac->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000e_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Error configuring flow control\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else if ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * sets, re-enable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * and disable forced link in the Device Control register
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link partner.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Rx'ing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(TXCW, mac->txcw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-05 23:55:45 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mac->serdes_has_link = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_check_for_serdes_link - Check for link (Serdes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Checks for link up on the hardware.  If link is not up and we have
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  a signal, then we need to force link up.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_check_for_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 rxcw;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 status;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									status = er32(STATUS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									rxcw = er32(RXCW);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * cannot auto-negotiate), and our link partner is not trying to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving idles or data),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * we need to force link up. We also need to give auto-negotiation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * time to complete.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == 1 == have signal */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:02:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU) && !(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:03:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!mac->autoneg_failed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->autoneg_failed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("NOT Rx'ing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(TXCW, (mac->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000e_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Error configuring flow control\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else if ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * sets, re-enable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * and disable forced link in the Device Control register
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link partner.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Rx'ing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(TXCW, mac->txcw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-05 23:55:45 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mac->serdes_has_link = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else if (!(E1000_TXCW_ANE & er32(TXCW))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * link status based on MAC synchronization for internal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * serdes media type.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										udelay(10);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										rxcw = er32(RXCW);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_SYNCH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												mac->serdes_has_link = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												e_dbg("SERDES: Link up - forced.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->serdes_has_link = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("SERDES: Link down - force failed.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (E1000_TXCW_ANE & er32(TXCW)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										status = er32(STATUS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-23 03:13:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky, so reread rxcw. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											udelay(10);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											rxcw = er32(RXCW);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_SYNCH) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													mac->serdes_has_link = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													e_dbg("SERDES: Link up - autoneg completed successfully.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													mac->serdes_has_link = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													e_dbg("SERDES: Link down - invalid codewords detected in autoneg.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												mac->serdes_has_link = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												e_dbg("SERDES: Link down - no sync.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->serdes_has_link = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("SERDES: Link down - autoneg failed\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:50:34 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_set_default_fc_generic - Set flow control default values
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Read the EEPROM for the default values for flow control and store the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  values.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static s32 e1000_set_default_fc_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u16 nvm_data;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000_read_nvm(hw, NVM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG, 1, &nvm_data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("NVM Read Error\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-13 00:08:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!(nvm_data & NVM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hw->fc.requested_mode = e1000_fc_none;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if ((nvm_data & NVM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == NVM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hw->fc.requested_mode = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hw->fc.requested_mode = e1000_fc_full;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:26 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_setup_link_generic - Setup flow control and link settings
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Determines which flow control settings to use, then configures flow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  control.  Calls the appropriate media-specific link configuration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  function.  Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  should be established.  Assumes the hardware has previously been reset
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  and the transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:26 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_setup_link_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * We do not need to set it up again.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-05-26 06:08:48 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->phy.ops.check_reset_block && hw->phy.ops.check_reset_block(hw))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If requested flow control is set to default, set flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * based on the EEPROM flow control settings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-10-05 15:22:02 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->fc.requested_mode == e1000_fc_default) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-10-05 15:22:02 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000_set_default_fc_generic(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Save off the requested flow control mode for use later.  Depending
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * on the link partner's capabilities, we may or may not use this mode.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hw->fc.current_mode = hw->fc.requested_mode;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc.current_mode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Call the necessary media_type subroutine to configure the link. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:03:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = hw->mac.ops.setup_physical_interface(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * registers to their default values.  This is done even if flow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * initialize these registers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(FCTTV, hw->fc.pause_time);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return e1000e_set_fc_watermarks(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_commit_fc_settings_generic - Configure flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Write the flow control settings to the Transmit Config Word Register (TXCW)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  base on the flow control settings in e1000_mac_info.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static s32 e1000_commit_fc_settings_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 txcw;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * setup the device accordingly.  If auto-negotiation is enabled, then
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * software will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the Transmit Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * negotiation.  However, if auto-negotiation is disabled, then
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * software will have to manually configure the two flow control enable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bits in the CTRL register.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *          but not send pause frames).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *          do not support receiving pause frames).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      3:  Both Rx and Tx flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (hw->fc.current_mode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_none:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Flow control completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Rx Flow control is enabled and Tx Flow control is disabled
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * by a software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * advertise that we are capable of Rx Pause ONLY, we will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * advertise that we support both symmetric and asymmetric Rx
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE.  Later, we will disable the adapter's ability to send
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE frames.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Tx Flow control is enabled, and Rx Flow control is disabled,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * by a software over-ride.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_full:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Flow control (both Rx and Tx) is enabled by a software
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * over-ride.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(TXCW, txcw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->txcw = txcw;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000_poll_fiber_serdes_link_generic - Poll for link up
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Polls for link up by reading the status register, if link fails to come
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  up with auto-negotiation, then the link is forced if a signal is detected.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static s32 e1000_poll_fiber_serdes_link_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 i, status;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in, or assumed true for
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * serdes media) then poll for a "Link-Up" indication in the Device
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Status Register.  Time-out if a link isn't seen in 500 milliseconds
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in less than 500
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < FIBER_LINK_UP_LIMIT; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-03-19 00:27:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										usleep_range(10000, 20000);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										status = er32(STATUS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (i == FIBER_LINK_UP_LIMIT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:03:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mac->autoneg_failed = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * mac->check_for_link. This routine will force the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * link up if we detect a signal. This will allow us to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * communicate with non-autonegotiating link partners.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = mac->ops.check_for_link(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Error while checking for link\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:03:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mac->autoneg_failed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 07:03:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mac->autoneg_failed = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Valid Link Found\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_setup_fiber_serdes_link - Setup link for fiber/serdes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Configures collision distance and flow control for fiber and serdes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  links.  Upon successful setup, poll for link.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Take the link out of reset */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_LRST;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hw->mac.ops.config_collision_dist(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000_commit_fc_settings_generic(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * link will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * will restart auto-negotiation.  If auto-negotiation is successful
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * then the link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bits (RFCE and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-03-19 00:27:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									usleep_range(1000, 2000);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* For these adapters, the SW definable pin 1 is set when the optics
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * detect a signal.  If we have a signal, then poll for a "Link-Up"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * indication.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (er32(CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000_poll_fiber_serdes_link_generic(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("No signal detected\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-08 02:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_config_collision_dist_generic - Configure collision distance
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Configures the collision distance to the default value and is used
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  during link setup.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_config_collision_dist_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 tctl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tctl = er32(TCTL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tctl |= E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(TCTL, tctl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e1e_flush();
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_set_fc_watermarks - Set flow control high/low watermarks
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Sets the flow control high/low threshold (watermark) registers.  If
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  flow control XON frame transmission is enabled, then set XON frame
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  transmission as well.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_set_fc_watermarks(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 fcrtl = 0, fcrth = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Set the flow control receive threshold registers.  Normally,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code.  However, if the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * ability to transmit pause frames is not enabled, then these
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * registers will be set to 0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->fc.current_mode & e1000_fc_tx_pause) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * marks as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * XON frames.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fcrtl = hw->fc.low_water;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:03:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (hw->fc.send_xon)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											fcrtl |= E1000_FCRTL_XONE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fcrth = hw->fc.high_water;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(FCRTL, fcrtl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(FCRTH, fcrth);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_force_mac_fc - Force the MAC's flow control settings
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Force the MAC's flow control settings.  Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  device control register to reflect the adapter settings.  TFCE and RFCE
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  need to be explicitly set by software when a copper PHY is used because
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  autonegotiation is managed by the PHY rather than the MAC.  Software must
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  also configure these bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * receive flow control.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * according to the "hw->fc.current_mode" parameter.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *          frames but not send pause frames).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-31 06:10:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *          frames but we do not receive pause frames).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *      3:  Both Rx and Tx flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *  other:  No other values should be possible at this point.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("hw->fc.current_mode = %u\n", hw->fc.current_mode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (hw->fc.current_mode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_none:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_fc_full:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_config_fc_after_link_up - Configures flow control after link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Checks the status of auto-negotiation after link up to ensure that the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  speed and duplex were not forced.  If the link needed to be forced, then
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  flow control needs to be forced also.  If auto-negotiation is enabled
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  and did not fail, then we configure flow control based on our link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  partner.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-05 06:25:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 pcs_status_reg, pcs_adv_reg, pcs_lp_ability_reg, pcs_ctrl_reg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u16 mii_status_reg, mii_nway_adv_reg, mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u16 speed, duplex;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * so we had to force link.  In this case, we need to force the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (mac->autoneg_failed) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret_val = e1000e_force_mac_fc(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret_val = e1000e_force_mac_fc(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * enabled.  In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * flow control configured.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && mac->autoneg) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * has completed.  We read this twice because this reg has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1e_rphy(hw, MII_BMSR, &mii_status_reg);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1e_rphy(hw, MII_BMSR, &mii_status_reg);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!(mii_status_reg & BMSR_ANEGCOMPLETE)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Register (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Page Ability Register (Address 5) to determine how
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * flow control was negotiated.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1e_rphy(hw, MII_ADVERTISE, &mii_nway_adv_reg);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1e_rphy(hw, MII_LPA, &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * for both the PHY and the link partner.  The following
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * control is determined based upon these settings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * NOTE:  DC = Don't Care
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    0    |  DC   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   1   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    0    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    1    |   0   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Are both PAUSE bits set to 1?  If so, this implies
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends.  The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * For Symmetric Flow Control:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | E1000_fc_full
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & LPA_PAUSE_CAP)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* Now we need to check if the user selected Rx ONLY
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * of pause frames.  In this case, we had to advertise
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise Rx
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-13 07:19:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (hw->fc.requested_mode == e1000_fc_full) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_full;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												e_dbg("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												e_dbg("Flow Control = Rx PAUSE frames only.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (!(mii_nway_adv_reg & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (mii_nway_adv_reg & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & LPA_PAUSE_CAP) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & LPA_PAUSE_ASYM)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Flow Control = Tx PAUSE frames only.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:54:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_CAP) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (mii_nway_adv_reg & ADVERTISE_PAUSE_ASYM) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & LPA_PAUSE_CAP) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & LPA_PAUSE_ASYM)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Flow Control = Rx PAUSE frames only.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-21 15:11:02 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-21 15:11:02 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * should be disabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_none;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-16 00:46:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Now we need to do one last check...  If we auto-
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = mac->ops.get_link_up_info(hw, &speed, &duplex);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-11-21 16:57:36 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_none;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000e_force_mac_fc(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-05 06:25:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Check for the case where we have SerDes media and auto-neg is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * enabled.  In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * flow control configured.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    mac->autoneg) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Read the PCS_LSTS and check to see if AutoNeg
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * has completed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcs_status_reg = er32(PCS_LSTAT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!(pcs_status_reg & E1000_PCS_LSTS_AN_COMPLETE)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("PCS Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Register (PCS_ANADV) and the Auto_Negotiation Base
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Page Ability Register (PCS_LPAB) to determine how
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * flow control was negotiated.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcs_adv_reg = er32(PCS_ANADV);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcs_lp_ability_reg = er32(PCS_LPAB);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * (PCS_ANADV) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Page Ability Register (PCS_LPAB) determine flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * for both the PHY and the link partner.  The following
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * control is determined based upon these settings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * NOTE:  DC = Don't Care
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    0    |  DC   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   1   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    0    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    1    |   0   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Are both PAUSE bits set to 1?  If so, this implies
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends.  The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * For Symmetric Flow Control:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((pcs_adv_reg & E1000_TXCW_PAUSE) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    (pcs_lp_ability_reg & E1000_TXCW_PAUSE)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* Now we need to check if the user selected Rx ONLY
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * of pause frames.  In this case, we had to advertise
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise Rx
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (hw->fc.requested_mode == e1000_fc_full) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_full;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												e_dbg("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												e_dbg("Flow Control = Rx PAUSE frames only.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (!(pcs_adv_reg & E1000_TXCW_PAUSE) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (pcs_adv_reg & E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (pcs_lp_ability_reg & E1000_TXCW_PAUSE) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (pcs_lp_ability_reg & E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Flow Control = Tx PAUSE frames only.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if ((pcs_adv_reg & E1000_TXCW_PAUSE) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (pcs_adv_reg & E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 !(pcs_lp_ability_reg & E1000_TXCW_PAUSE) &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 (pcs_lp_ability_reg & E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Flow Control = Rx PAUSE frames only.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * should be disabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											hw->fc.current_mode = e1000_fc_none;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcs_ctrl_reg = er32(PCS_LCTL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										pcs_ctrl_reg |= E1000_PCS_LCTL_FORCE_FCTRL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(PCS_LCTL, pcs_ctrl_reg);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret_val = e1000e_force_mac_fc(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											e_dbg("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-21 15:11:07 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_get_speed_and_duplex_copper - Retrieve current speed/duplex
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @speed: stores the current speed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @duplex: stores the current duplex
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Read the status register for the current speed/duplex and store the current
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  speed and duplex for copper connections.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_get_speed_and_duplex_copper(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *speed,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												       u16 *duplex)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 status;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									status = er32(STATUS);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 20:16:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*speed = SPEED_1000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 20:16:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*speed = SPEED_100;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 20:16:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*speed = SPEED_10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 20:16:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (status & E1000_STATUS_FD)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 20:16:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 20:16:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									e_dbg("%u Mbps, %s Duplex\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									      *speed == SPEED_1000 ? 1000 : *speed == SPEED_100 ? 100 : 10,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									      *duplex == FULL_DUPLEX ? "Full" : "Half");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-21 15:11:07 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_get_speed_and_duplex_fiber_serdes - Retrieve current speed/duplex
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @speed: stores the current speed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @duplex: stores the current duplex
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Sets the speed and duplex to gigabit full duplex (the only possible option)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  for fiber/serdes links.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-01-16 08:46:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_get_speed_and_duplex_fiber_serdes(struct e1000_hw __always_unused
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													     *hw, u16 *speed, u16 *duplex)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									*speed = SPEED_1000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									*duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_get_hw_semaphore - Acquire hardware semaphore
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Acquire the HW semaphore to access the PHY or NVM
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_get_hw_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 swsm;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 timeout = hw->nvm.word_size + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Get the SW semaphore */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (i < timeout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										swsm = er32(SWSM);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										udelay(50);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (i == timeout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_NVM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Get the FW semaphore. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < timeout; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										swsm = er32(SWSM);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(SWSM, swsm | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Semaphore acquired if bit latched */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (er32(SWSM) & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										udelay(50);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (i == timeout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Release semaphores */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e1000e_put_hw_semaphore(hw);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Driver can't access the NVM\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_NVM;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_put_hw_semaphore - Release hardware semaphore
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Release hardware semaphore used to access the PHY or NVM
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_put_hw_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 swsm;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									swsm = er32(SWSM);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(SWSM, swsm);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_get_auto_rd_done - Check for auto read completion
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Check EEPROM for Auto Read done bit.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (i < AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (er32(EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-03-19 00:27:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										usleep_range(1000, 2000);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (i == AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Auto read by HW from NVM has not completed.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_valid_led_default - Verify a valid default LED config
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @data: pointer to the NVM (EEPROM)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Read the EEPROM for the current default LED configuration.  If the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  LED configuration is not valid, set to a valid LED configuration.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_valid_led_default(struct e1000_hw *hw, u16 *data)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = e1000_read_nvm(hw, NVM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("NVM Read Error\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (*data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000 || *data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_id_led_init_generic -
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-02-22 09:02:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_id_led_init_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const u32 ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const u32 ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const u32 ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u16 data, i, temp;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const u16 led_mask = 0x0F;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret_val = hw->nvm.ops.valid_led_default(hw, &data);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ledctl_default = er32(LEDCTL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ledctl_mode1 = mac->ledctl_default;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ledctl_mode2 = mac->ledctl_default;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										temp = (data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										switch (temp) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* Do nothing */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										switch (temp) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* Do nothing */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-02 11:29:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_setup_led_generic - Configures SW controllable LED
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  This prepares the SW controllable LED for use and saves the current state
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  of the LED so it can be later restored.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_setup_led_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ledctl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-11 05:53:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->mac.ops.setup_led != e1000e_setup_led_generic)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-02 11:29:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ledctl = er32(LEDCTL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										hw->mac.ledctl_default = ledctl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Turn off LED0 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT | E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-02 11:29:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											   E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-02 11:29:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(LEDCTL, ledctl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else if (hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(LEDCTL, hw->mac.ledctl_mode1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_cleanup_led_generic - Set LED config to default operation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Remove the current LED configuration and set the LED configuration
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  to the default value, saved from the EEPROM.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_cleanup_led_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(LEDCTL, hw->mac.ledctl_default);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-16 00:34:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_blink_led_generic - Blink LED
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-21 15:11:07 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Blink the LEDs which are set to be on.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-04-16 00:34:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_blink_led_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ledctl_blink = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (hw->phy.media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-28 09:28:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * in ledctl_mode2
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ledctl_blink = hw->mac.ledctl_mode2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (((hw->mac.ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK <<
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
														 (i * 8));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_led_on_generic - Turn LED on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Turn LED on.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_led_on_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (hw->phy.media_type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_media_type_fiber:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_media_type_copper:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(LEDCTL, hw->mac.ledctl_mode2);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_led_off_generic - Turn LED off
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Turn LED off.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_led_off_generic(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:16 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (hw->phy.media_type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_media_type_fiber:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case e1000_media_type_copper:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(LEDCTL, hw->mac.ledctl_mode1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_set_pcie_no_snoop - Set PCI-express capabilities
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @no_snoop: bitmap of snoop events
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Set the PCI-express register to snoop for events enabled in 'no_snoop'.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_set_pcie_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, u32 no_snoop)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 gcr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (no_snoop) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										gcr = er32(GCR);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										gcr &= ~(PCIE_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										gcr |= no_snoop;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ew32(GCR, gcr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_disable_pcie_master - Disables PCI-express master access
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Returns 0 if successful, else returns -10
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-02-21 15:11:07 -08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  (-E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING) if master disable bit has not caused
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  the master requests to be disabled.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  requests.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								s32 e1000e_disable_pcie_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 ctrl;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									s32 timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl = er32(CTRL);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(CTRL, ctrl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (timeout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!(er32(STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										udelay(100);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										timeout--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!timeout) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:25:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Master requests are pending.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_reset_adaptive - Reset Adaptive Interframe Spacing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Reset the Adaptive Interframe Spacing throttle to default values.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:31:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mac->adaptive_ifs) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 06:37:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:31:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->current_ifs_val = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:26:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mac->in_ifs_mode = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ew32(AIT, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/**
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  e1000e_update_adaptive - Update Adaptive Interframe Spacing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  @hw: pointer to the HW structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  Update the Adaptive Interframe Spacing Throttle value based on the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *  time between transmitted packets and time between collisions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 **/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void e1000e_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct e1000_mac_info *mac = &hw->mac;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:31:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mac->adaptive_ifs) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										e_dbg("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-01-31 06:37:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-07 16:31:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((mac->collision_delta * mac->ifs_ratio) > mac->tx_packet_delta) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (mac->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:26:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->in_ifs_mode = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (mac->current_ifs_val < mac->ifs_max_val) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												if (!mac->current_ifs_val)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													mac->current_ifs_val = mac->ifs_min_val;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													mac->current_ifs_val +=
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-12-21 09:47:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													    mac->ifs_step_size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-03-28 09:15:03 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ew32(AIT, mac->current_ifs_val);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (mac->in_ifs_mode &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    (mac->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->current_ifs_val = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-20 23:26:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mac->in_ifs_mode = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2007-09-17 12:30:59 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ew32(AIT, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 |